blob: bea982af9cfb80a3081f50af90145a3b9758185c [file] [log] [blame]
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080013 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700176 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
177 *
178 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
179 *
180 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
181 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
182 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
183 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
184 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
185 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
186 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
187 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
188 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
189 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
190 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
191 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
192 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
193 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
194 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
196 *
197 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800198 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
199 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700200 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
202 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
203 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
204 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
205 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
206 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
208 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
210 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
211 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
212 *
213 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
214 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
215 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
217 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
219 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
220 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
221 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
222 *
223 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
224 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
225 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
226 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
227 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
229 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
230 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
231 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
232 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
234 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
238 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
240 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
241 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
242 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
243 *
244 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
246 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
247 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
249 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
251 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800252 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
253 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
254 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
255 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
256 * frame).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700257 *
258 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
259 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
262 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
265 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
266 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
267 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
268 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
269 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
271 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
272 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
273 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
274 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275 *
276 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800277 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
278 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
279 * global regdomain will be returned.
280 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
281 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
282 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
283 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
284 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
285 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
286 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
287 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
288 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700289 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
290 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
291 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
292 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
293 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
294 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
300 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
301 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
304 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
305 *
306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
307 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
308 *
309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
310 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
311 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
312 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
314 * added to all specified management frames generated by
315 * kernel/firmware/driver.
316 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
317 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
318 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
319 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
320 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
321 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
322 *
323 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
324 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800326 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700327 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
328 * be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700329 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
330 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
331 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
332 * partial scan results may be available
333 *
334 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800335 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
337 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
338 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
339 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
340 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
341 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
342 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
343 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700344 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
345 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
346 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
347 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
348 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
349 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
350 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
351 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800352 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
353 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
354 * is supplied.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700355 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
356 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
357 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700358 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
359 * results available.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
361 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
362 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
363 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
364 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
365 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
366 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
369 * or noise level
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
371 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
372 *
373 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
374 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
376 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
377 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
378 *
379 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
380 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
381 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
382 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
383 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
384 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
385 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
386 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
387 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
388 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
389 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
390 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
391 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
392 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
393 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
394 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
395 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
396 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
397 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
398 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
399 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
400 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
401 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
402 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
403 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
404 * the beacon hint was processed.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
407 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
408 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
409 * authentication process.
410 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
411 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
412 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
413 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
414 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
415 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
416 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
417 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
418 * to be added to the frame.
419 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
420 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
421 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
422 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
423 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
424 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
425 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
426 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
427 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
429 * pending authentication timed out).
430 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
431 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
432 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700433 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
434 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
435 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
436 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
437 * included).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700438 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
439 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
440 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
441 * primitives).
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
443 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
444 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
445 *
446 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
447 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
448 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
449 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
450 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
452 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
453 *
454 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
455 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
456 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
457 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
458 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
459 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
460 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
461 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
462 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
463 * determined by the network interface.
464 *
465 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
466 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
467 * to the driver.
468 *
469 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
470 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
471 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
473 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
474 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700475 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
478 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
479 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
480 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
481 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
482 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
483 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
484 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
485 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700487 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
488 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
489 * a different BSS is desired.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700490 * Background scan period can optionally be
491 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
492 * if not specified default background scan configuration
493 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
494 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
495 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
496 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -0800497 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
498 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
499 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
500 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
501 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
502 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700503 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
504 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
505 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
506 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
507 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
508 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
509 *
510 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
511 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
512 *
513 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
514 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
515 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
516 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
518 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
519 * frequency for the operation.
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
521 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
522 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
523 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
524 * radio).
525 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
526 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
527 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
528 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
529 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
530 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
532 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
533 * uniquely identify the request.
534 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
535 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
536 *
537 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
538 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
539 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
540 *
541 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
542 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
543 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
544 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
545 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
546 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
547 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
548 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
549 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
550 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
551 * backward compatibility
552 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
553 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
554 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
555 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
556 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
557 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
558 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
559 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
560 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
561 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
562 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
563 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
564 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
565 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
566 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700567 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
568 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
569 * is used during CSA period.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700570 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
571 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
572 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
573 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
574 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
575 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
576 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
577 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
578 * the frame.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
580 * backward compatibility.
581 *
582 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
583 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
584 *
585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
586 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
587 * levels.
588 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
589 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
590 * reached.
591 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
592 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
593 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
594 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
595 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
596 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
597 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
598 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
599 * precedence when they are used.
600 *
601 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
602 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800603 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
604 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
605 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
606 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
607 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
608 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
609 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
610 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
611 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
612 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
613 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
614 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
615 * command, the feature is disabled.
616 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700617 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
618 * mesh config parameters may be given.
619 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
620 * network is determined by the network interface.
621 *
622 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
623 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
624 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
626 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
627 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
628 *
629 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
630 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
631 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
632 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
633 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
634 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
635 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
636 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
637 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
638 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
639 * depending on the authentication result.
640 *
641 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
642 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
643 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
644 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
645 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
646 * more background information, see
647 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
648 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
649 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
651 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
652 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
653 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
654 *
655 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
656 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
657 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
658 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
659 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
660 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
661 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
662 *
663 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
664 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
665 *
666 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
667 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
668 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
669 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
670 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
672 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700673 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
675 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
676 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
677 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
678 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
679 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
680 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700681 *
682 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
683 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
684 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
685 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
686 * is received.
687 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
688 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
689 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
690 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
691 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
692 *
693 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
694 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
695 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
696 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
699 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
700 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
701 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
702 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
703 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
704 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
705 *
706 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
707 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
708 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
709 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
710 *
711 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
712 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
713 *
714 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
715 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800717 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
718 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
719 * from the remote AP) is completed;
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
722 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
723 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
724 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
726 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
727 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
728 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700729 *
730 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
731 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
732 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
733 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
734 * public action frame TX.
735 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
736 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
737 *
738 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
739 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
740 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
741 * is used for this.
742 *
743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
744 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
745 *
746 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
747 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
748 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
749 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
751 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
752 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
753 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
754 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
755 *
756 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
757 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
758 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
759 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
760 * while operating on this channel.
761 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
762 * event.
763 *
764 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
765 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
766 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
767 *
768 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
769 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
770 *
771 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
772 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
773 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
774 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
775 *
776 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
777 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
778 * complete.
779 *
780 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
781 * return back to normal.
782 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700783 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
784 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
785 *
786 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
787 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
788 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
789 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
790 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
791 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
792 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
793 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
794 * switch is complete.
795 *
796 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
797 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
798 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
799 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
800 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
801 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
802 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
803 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
806 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
807 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
808 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
809 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
810 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -0800811 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
812 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
813 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
814 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
815 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
816 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
817 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
818 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
819 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
820 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
821 * fail even if the check was successful.
822 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
823 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
824 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
825 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
826 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800827 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
828 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
830 *
831 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
832 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
833 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
834 * network is determined by the network interface.
835 *
836 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
837 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
838 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
839 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
841 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
842 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
843 * AP.
844 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
845 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
846 * when this command completes.
847 *
848 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
849 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
850 * management.
851 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700852 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
853 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
854 * cfg80211_scan_done().
855 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800856 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
857 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
858 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
859 * NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
860 * valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
861 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
862 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
864 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
866 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
867 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
868 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
869 * of the function upon success.
870 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
871 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
872 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
873 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
874 * which just terminated.
875 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
876 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
877 * the response to this command.
878 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
879 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
880 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
881 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
882 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
883 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
884 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
885 * It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
887 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
888 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
889 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
890 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800891 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
892 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
893 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
894 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
895 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
896 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700897 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
898 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
899 */
900enum nl80211_commands {
901/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
902 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
903
904 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
905 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
906 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
907 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
908
909 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
910 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
911 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
912 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
913
914 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
915 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
916 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
917 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
918
919 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
920 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
921 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
922 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
923 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
924 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
925
926 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
927 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
928 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
929 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
930
931 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
932 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
933 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
934 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
935
936 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
937
938 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
939 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
940
941 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
942 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
943
944 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
945
946 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
947
948 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
949 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
950 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
951 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
952
953 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
954
955 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
956 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
957 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
958 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
959
960 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
961
962 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
963
964 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
965 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
966
967 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
968
969 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
970 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
971 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
972
973 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
974
975 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
976 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
977
978 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
979 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
980 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
981
982 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
983 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
984
985 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
986
987 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
988 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
989 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
990 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
991 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
992 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
993
994 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
995 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
996
997 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
998 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
999
1000 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1001 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1002
1003 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1004
1005 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1006 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1007
1008 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1009 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1010
1011 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1012
1013 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1014 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1015
1016 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1017 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1018 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1019 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1020
1021 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1022
1023 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1024
1025 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1026 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1027
1028 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1029
1030 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1031
1032 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1033
1034 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1035
1036 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1037
1038 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1039
1040 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1041 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1042
1043 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1044
1045 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1046
1047 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1048
1049 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1050
1051 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1054 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1055
1056 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1057 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1058
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001059 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1060 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1063
1064 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1065
1066 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1067
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001068 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1069 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1070
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001071 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1072
1073 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1074 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1075
1076 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1077
1078 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1079 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1080
1081 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1082
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001083 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1084
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001085 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1086 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1087 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1088 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1089 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1090 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1091
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001092 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1093
1094 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1095
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001096 /* add new commands above here */
1097
1098 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1099 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1100 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1101};
1102
1103/*
1104 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1105 * here
1106 */
1107#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1108#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1109#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1110#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1111#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1112#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1113#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1114#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1115
1116#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1117
1118/* source-level API compatibility */
1119#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1120#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1121#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1122
1123/**
1124 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1125 *
1126 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1127 *
1128 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1129 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1130 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1131 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1132 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1133 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1134 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1135 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1136 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1137 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1138 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1139 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1140 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1141 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1142 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1143 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1144 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1145 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1146 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1147 * this attribute)
1148 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1149 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1150 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1151 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1152 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1153 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1154 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1155 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1156 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1157 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1158 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1159 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1160 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1161 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1162 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1163 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1164 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1165 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1166 *
1167 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1168 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1169 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1170 *
1171 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1172 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1173 *
1174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1175 *
1176 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1177 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1178 * keys
1179 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1180 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1181 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1182 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1183 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1184 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1185 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1186 * default management key
1187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1188 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1189 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1190 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1191 *
1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1193 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1195 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1196 *
1197 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1198 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1199 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1200 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1201 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1202 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1203 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1204 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1206 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1207 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1208 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1209 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1210 *
1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1212 * consisting of a nested array.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1215 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1216 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1219 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1220 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1221 *
1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1223 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1224 *
1225 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1226 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1227 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1228 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1229 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1230 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001231 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001232 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1233 * to a specific alpha2.
1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1235 * rules.
1236 *
1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1238 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1239 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1240 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1241 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1243 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1244 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1245 *
1246 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1247 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1248 *
1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1250 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1251 * of the interface mode.
1252 *
1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1254 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1255 *
1256 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1257 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1258 *
1259 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1260 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1262 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1264 * that can be added to a scan request
1265 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1266 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1268 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1269 *
1270 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1271 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1272 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1276 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1278 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1279 *
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1281 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1282 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1285 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1286 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1289 * represented as a u32
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1291 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1292 *
1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1294 * a u32
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1297 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1298 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1299 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1300 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1301 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1302 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1303 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1304 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1305 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1308 * cipher suites
1309 *
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1311 * for other networks on different channels
1312 *
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1314 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1317 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1318 * this attribute can be used
1319 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1320 *
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1322 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1323 *
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1325 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1326 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1327 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1328 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1329 * default in station mode.
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1331 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1332 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1333 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1334 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1335 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1337 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1338 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1339 *
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1341 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1342 *
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1344 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1345 * a local disconnect request.
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1347 * event (u16)
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1349 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1350 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1351 *
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1353 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1354 * (an array of u32).
1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1356 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1357 * u32).
1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1359 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1360 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1362 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1363 *
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1365 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1367 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1368 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001369 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1370 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1371 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1372 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1373 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001374 *
1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1376 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1378 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1379 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1380 *
1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1382 *
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1384 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1385 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1386 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1387 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1388 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1389 * completely from scratch.
1390 *
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1392 *
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1394 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1395 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1396 *
1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1399 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1403 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1404 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1405 *
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1409 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1410 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1411 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1412 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001413 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1414 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1415 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1416 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1417 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1418 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1419 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001420 *
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1422 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1424 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1426 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1427 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1428 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1430 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1431 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1434 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1435 *
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1437 *
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1439 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1440 *
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1442 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1443 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1444 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1445 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1446 *
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1448 * connected to this BSS.
1449 *
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1451 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1453 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1454 * for non-automatic settings.
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1457 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1460 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1461 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1462 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1463 *
1464 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1465 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1466 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1467 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1468 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1469 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1470 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1471 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1472 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1473 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1474 *
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1476 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1477 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1478 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1479 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1482 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1485 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1486 *
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1490 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1491 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1492 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1493 * nl80211 capability flag.
1494 *
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1496 *
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1498 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1499 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1500 *
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1502 * changed once the mesh is active.
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1504 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1506 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1507 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1509 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1510 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1511 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1512 *
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1514 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1516 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1517 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1518 * triggers.
1519 *
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1521 * cycles, in msecs.
1522 *
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1524 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1525 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1526 * pass-thru filter rules.
1527 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1528 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1529 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1530 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1531 * able to ignore them by itself.
1532 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1533 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1534 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1535 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1536 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1537 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1538 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1539 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1540 *
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1542 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1543 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1545 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1546 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1547 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1548 *
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1550 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1553 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1554 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1555 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1556 *
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1558 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1559 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1560 *
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1562 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1563 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1564 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1566 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1567 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1568 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1569 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1572 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1574 * as AP.
1575 *
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1577 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1580 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1581 *
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1583 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1584 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1585 * applications use this attribute.
1586 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1587 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1588 *
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1590 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1591 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1593 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1595 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1597 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1599 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1600 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1601 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1604 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1605 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1606 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1607 *
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1609 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1610 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1611 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1614 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1616 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1617 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1618 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1619 *
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1621 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1622 * to be filled by the FW.
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1624 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1626 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1627 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1628 * The values that may be configured are:
1629 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1630 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1631 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1632 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1633 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1636 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1637 * to one DFS region.
1638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1640 * up to 16 TIDs.
1641 *
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1643 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1644 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1645 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1646 * capability to timeout the stations.
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1649 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1650 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1653 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1654 *
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1656 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1657 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1658 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1659 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1662 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1663 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1664 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001665 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1666 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1667 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1668 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1669 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1670 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1671 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1672 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1673 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1674 * consistent.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1677 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1680 *
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1682 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1684 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1685 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1686 * no change is made.
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1689 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1692 * carried in a u32 attribute
1693 *
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1695 * MAC ACL.
1696 *
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1698 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1699 * ACL.
1700 *
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1702 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1705 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1706 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1708 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1711 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1712 *
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1714 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1715 * and PU-APSD.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1718 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1719 *
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1721 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1722 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1727 * Element
1728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1730 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1732 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1733 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001734 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1735 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1736 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1737 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1742 * until the channel switch event.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1744 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1745 * operation).
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1747 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1749 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1751 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1754 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1757 *
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1759 * supported operating classes.
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1762 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1763 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1764 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1765 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1766 * IBSS network.
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1769 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1771 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1774 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001775 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1776 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1777 * u8 attribute.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1780 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1783 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1785 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1788 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1789 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1790 *
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1795 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1796 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1797 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1798 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1799 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1800 *
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1802 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1804 * supported number of csa counters.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1807 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1808 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001809 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001810 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001811 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1812 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1813 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1814 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1815 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1816 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1817 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1818 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001819 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1820 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1821 * the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1822 * and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1823 * socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1824 * notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001825 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001826 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1827 * the TDLS link initiator.
1828 *
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1830 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1831 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1832 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1833 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1834 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1835 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001836 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1837 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001838 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1839 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1840 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1843 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1844 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1845 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1846 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1851 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1854 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1855 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001856 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1857 *
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1861 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1862 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1863 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1864 *
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1866 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1867 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1868 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1869 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1870 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1871 *
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1873 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1874 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1875 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1876 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1877 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1878 * over all channels.
1879 *
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001881 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1882 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1883 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001884
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1886 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1889 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1891 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1893 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1895 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1896 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1897 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1898 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1899 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001900 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1901 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1902 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1903 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1905 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1906 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1907 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1908 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1909 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1910 *
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1912 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001915 *
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08001916 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1917 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1918 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1919 * interface type.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1922 * groupID for monitor mode.
1923 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1924 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1925 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1926 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
1927 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1928 * each group.
1929 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1930 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
1931 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1932 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1933 * groupID data.
1934 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1936 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1937 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1938 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1939 *
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1941 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1942 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1943 * attribute must not be included).
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1945 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1947 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1948 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1949 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1950 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
1952 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
1953 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
1954 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
1957 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
1958 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001959 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
1960 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1961 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
1962 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
1963 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
1965 * &enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
1966 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1967 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
1969 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
1970 * attribute.
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
1972 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001973 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
1974 * protection.
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
1976 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
1977 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
1980 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
1983 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
1984 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001985 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001986 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
1987 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1988 */
1989enum nl80211_attrs {
1990/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1991 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
1992
1993 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
1994 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
1995
1996 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
1997 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
1998 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
1999
2000 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2001
2002 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2003 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2004 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2005 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2006 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2007
2008 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2009 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2010 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2011 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2012
2013 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2014 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2015 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2016 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2017 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2018 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2019
2020 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2021
2022 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2023
2024 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2025 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2026 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2027 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2028
2029 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2030 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2031 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2032
2033 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2034
2035 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2036
2037 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2038 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2039
2040 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2041
2042 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2043
2044 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2045 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2046 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2047
2048 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2049
2050 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2051 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2052
2053 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2054
2055 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2056 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2057 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2058 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2059
2060 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2061 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2062
2063 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2064
2065 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2066 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2067 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2068 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2069
2070 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2071
2072 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2073 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2074
2075 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2076 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2077
2078 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2079
2080
2081 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2082 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2083 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2084 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2085
2086 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2087
2088 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2089
2090 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2091
2092 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2093
2094 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2095
2096 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2097
2098 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2099 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2100
2101 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2102 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2103 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2104 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2105
2106 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2107 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2108
2109 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2110
2111 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2112 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2113
2114 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2115
2116 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2117
2118 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2119
2120 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2121 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2122
2123 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2124
2125 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2126
2127 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2128
2129 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2130
2131 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2132
2133 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2134
2135 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2136
2137 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2138
2139 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2140
2141 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2142
2143 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2144 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2145
2146 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2147 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2148 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2149
2150 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2151 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2152
2153 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2154
2155 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2156 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2157
2158 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2159
2160 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2161
2162 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2163
2164 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2165
2166 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2167
2168 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2169
2170 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2171 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2172
2173 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2175
2176 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2177 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2178
2179 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2180
2181 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2182 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2183
2184 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2185
2186 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2187 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2188
2189 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2190
2191 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2192
2193 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2194 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2195
2196 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2197 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2198
2199 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2200
2201 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2202 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2203
2204 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2205
2206 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2207
2208 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2209 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2210 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2211 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2212 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2213
2214 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2215
2216 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2217
2218 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2219
2220 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2221
2222 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2223
2224 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2225
2226 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2227 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2228
2229 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2230
2231 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2232
2233 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2234
2235 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2236
2237 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2238
2239 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2240
2241 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2242
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002243 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002244
2245 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2246
2247 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2250 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2251 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2252
2253 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2257
2258 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2259
2260 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2261
2262 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2263
2264 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2265
2266 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2267 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2268
2269 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2271
2272 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2274
2275 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2276 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2279 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2280
2281 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2282 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2283
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002284 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2285
2286 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2287
2288 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2289 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2290 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2291 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2292 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2293
2294 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2299
2300 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2301
2302 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2303 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2304
2305 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2306
2307 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2308 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2309 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2310 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2313
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002314 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2315 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2316
2317 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2318
2319 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2320
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002321 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002322
2323 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2325
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08002326 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2327
2328 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2329
2330 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2331
2332 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2333 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2334 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2335
2336 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2337
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002338 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2339
2340 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2341
2342 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2353
2354 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2356 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2358
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002359 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2360
2361 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2364
2365 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2366
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08002367 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2368
2369 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2370 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2373 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2374 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2375 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2376
2377 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2378
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002379 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2380 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2381 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2383
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002384 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2388
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002389 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2390
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002391 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2392
2393 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002394 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002395 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2396};
2397
2398/* source-level API compatibility */
2399#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2400#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002401#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002402#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002403
2404/*
2405 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2406 * here
2407 */
2408#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2409#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2410#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2411#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2412#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2413#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2414#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2415#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2416#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2417#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2418#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2419#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2420#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2421#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2422#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2423#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2424#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2425#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2426#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2427#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2428#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2429
2430#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2431#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002432#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002433#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2434#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2435#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2436#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2437#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2438
2439#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2440#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2441
2442#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2443
2444/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2445#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2446
2447#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2448
2449/**
2450 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2451 *
2452 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2453 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2454 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2455 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2456 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2457 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2458 * AP type interface.
2459 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2460 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2461 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2462 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2463 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2464 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2465 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2466 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2467 * commands to create and destroy one
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002468 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2469 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002470 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002471 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2472 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2473 *
2474 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2475 * to set the type of an interface.
2476 *
2477 */
2478enum nl80211_iftype {
2479 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2480 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2481 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2482 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2483 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2484 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2485 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2486 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2487 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2488 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2489 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002490 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002491 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002492
2493 /* keep last */
2494 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2495 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2496};
2497
2498/**
2499 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2500 *
2501 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2502 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2503 *
2504 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2505 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2506 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2507 * with short barker preamble
2508 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2509 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2510 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2511 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2512 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2513 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2514 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2515 * as errors.)
2516 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2517 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2518 * previously added station into associated state
2519 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2520 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2521 */
2522enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2523 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2524 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2525 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2526 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2527 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2528 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2529 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2530 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2531
2532 /* keep last */
2533 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2534 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2535};
2536
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002537/**
2538 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2539 *
2540 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2541 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2542 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2543 */
2544enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2545 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2546 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2547
2548 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2549};
2550
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002551#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2552
2553/**
2554 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2555 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2556 * @set: which values to set them to
2557 *
2558 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2559 */
2560struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2561 __u32 mask;
2562 __u32 set;
2563} __attribute__((packed));
2564
2565/**
2566 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2567 *
2568 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2569 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2570 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2571 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2572 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2573 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2574 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2575 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2576 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2577 *
2578 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2584 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2587 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002588 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2589 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002590 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002591 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2592 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2593 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2595 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2596 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002597 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2598 */
2599enum nl80211_rate_info {
2600 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2601 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2602 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2603 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2604 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2605 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2606 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2607 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2608 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2609 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2610 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002613
2614 /* keep last */
2615 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2617};
2618
2619/**
2620 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2621 *
2622 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2623 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2624 *
2625 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2626 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2627 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2628 * (flag)
2629 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2630 * (flag)
2631 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2632 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2633 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2634 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2635 */
2636enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2637 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2638 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2639 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2640 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2641 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2642 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2643
2644 /* keep last */
2645 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2646 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2647};
2648
2649/**
2650 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2651 *
2652 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2653 * when getting information about a station.
2654 *
2655 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2656 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002657 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2658 * (u32, from this station)
2659 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2660 * (u32, to this station)
2661 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2662 * (u64, from this station)
2663 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2664 * (u64, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002665 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2666 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2667 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002668 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2669 * (u32, from this station)
2670 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2671 * (u32, to this station)
2672 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2673 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2674 * (u32, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002675 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2676 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2677 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2678 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2679 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2680 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2681 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2682 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2683 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2685 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2686 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2687 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2688 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2689 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2690 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2691 * non-peer STA
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002692 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2693 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2694 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2695 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002696 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2697 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002698 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2699 * (u64)
2700 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2702 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2704 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2705 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2706 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2707 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002708 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2709 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2710 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002711 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2712 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2713 */
2714enum nl80211_sta_info {
2715 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2716 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2717 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2718 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2719 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2720 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2721 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2722 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2723 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2724 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2725 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2726 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2727 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2728 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2729 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2730 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2731 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2732 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2733 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2734 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2735 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2736 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2737 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2738 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2739 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002740 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2741 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002742 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002743 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2744 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2745 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2746 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002747 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2748 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002749
2750 /* keep last */
2751 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2752 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2753};
2754
2755/**
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002756 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2757 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2758 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2759 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2760 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2761 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2762 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2763 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2764 * MSDUs (u64)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002765 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002766 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2767 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2768 */
2769enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2770 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2771 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2772 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2773 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2774 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002775 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002776
2777 /* keep last */
2778 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2779 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2780};
2781
2782/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002783 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2784 *
2785 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2786 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2787 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2788 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2789 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2790 */
2791enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2792 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2793 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2794 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2795 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2796 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2797};
2798
2799/**
2800 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2801 *
2802 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2803 * information about a mesh path.
2804 *
2805 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2806 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2807 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2808 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2809 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2810 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2811 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2812 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2813 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2814 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2815 * currently defind
2816 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2817 */
2818enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2819 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2820 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2821 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2822 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2823 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2824 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2825 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2826 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2827
2828 /* keep last */
2829 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2830 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2831};
2832
2833/**
2834 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2835 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2836 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2837 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2838 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2839 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
2840 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2841 * defined in 802.11n
2842 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2843 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2844 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2845 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2846 * defined in 802.11ac
2847 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2848 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2849 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2850 */
2851enum nl80211_band_attr {
2852 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2853 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2854 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2855
2856 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2857 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2858 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2859 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2860
2861 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2862 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2863
2864 /* keep last */
2865 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2866 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2867};
2868
2869#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2870
2871/**
2872 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2873 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2874 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2875 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2876 * regulatory domain.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002877 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2878 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2879 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002880 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2881 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2882 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2883 * (100 * dBm).
2884 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2885 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2886 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2887 * this channel is in this DFS state.
2888 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2889 * channel as the control channel
2890 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2891 * channel as the control channel
2892 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2893 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2894 * this includes 80+80 channels
2895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2896 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2897 * isn't possible
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002898 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
2899 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2900 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2901 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2902 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2903 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2904 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002905 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002906 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2907 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002908 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
2909 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
2910 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
2911 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
2912 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
2913 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
2914 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
2915 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002916 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2917 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2918 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2919 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002920 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2921 * currently defined
2922 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002923 *
2924 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2925 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2926 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002927 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002928 */
2929enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2930 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2931 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2932 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002933 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2934 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002935 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
2936 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
2937 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2938 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2939 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2940 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2941 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2942 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002943 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
2944 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002945 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002946 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2947 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002948
2949 /* keep last */
2950 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2951 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2952};
2953
2954#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002955#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2956#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2957#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002958#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
2959 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002960
2961/**
2962 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
2963 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2964 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2965 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2966 * in 2.4 GHz band.
2967 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2968 * currently defined
2969 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2970 */
2971enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2972 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2973 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2974 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
2975
2976 /* keep last */
2977 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2978 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2979};
2980
2981/**
2982 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
2983 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
2984 * regulatory domain.
2985 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
2986 * regulatory domain.
2987 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
2988 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
2989 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
2990 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
2991 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
2992 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
2993 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
2994 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
2995 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
2996 */
2997enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
2998 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
2999 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3000 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3001 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3002};
3003
3004/**
3005 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3006 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3007 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3008 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3009 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3010 * domain.
3011 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3012 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3013 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3014 * them to be applied.
3015 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3016 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3017 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3018 * domain request to be processed.
3019 */
3020enum nl80211_reg_type {
3021 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3022 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3023 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3024 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3025};
3026
3027/**
3028 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3029 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3030 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3031 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3032 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3033 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3034 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3035 * band edge.
3036 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3037 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3038 * band edge.
3039 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003040 * frequency range, in KHz.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003041 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3042 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3043 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3044 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3045 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003046 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3047 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003048 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3049 * currently defined
3050 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3051 */
3052enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3053 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3054 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3055
3056 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3059
3060 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3062
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003063 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3064
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003065 /* keep last */
3066 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3067 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3068};
3069
3070/**
3071 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3072 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3073 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003074 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003075 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003076 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3077 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3078 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3079 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3080 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3081 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3082 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003083 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3084 * attribute number currently defined
3085 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3086 */
3087enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3088 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3089
3090 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3091 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3092
3093 /* keep last */
3094 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3095 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3096 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3097};
3098
3099/* only for backward compatibility */
3100#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3101
3102/**
3103 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3104 *
3105 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3106 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3107 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3108 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3109 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3110 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3111 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003112 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3113 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3114 * beaconing.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003115 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3116 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3117 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003118 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3119 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3120 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3121 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3122 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003123 */
3124enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3125 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3126 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3127 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3128 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3129 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3130 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3131 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003132 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3133 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003134 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003135 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3136 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3137 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3138 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3139 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003140};
3141
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003142#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3143#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3144#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003145#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3146 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3147#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003148
3149/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3150#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3151
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003152/**
3153 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3154 *
3155 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3156 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3157 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3158 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3159 */
3160enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3161 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3162 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3163 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3164 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3165};
3166
3167/**
3168 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3169 *
3170 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3171 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3172 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3173 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3174 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3175 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3176 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3177 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3178 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3179 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3180 * supported feature.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003181 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3182 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003183 */
3184enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3185 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3186 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003187 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003188};
3189
3190/**
3191 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3192 *
3193 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3194 * when getting information about a survey.
3195 *
3196 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3197 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3198 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3199 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003200 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3201 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3202 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003203 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003204 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003205 * channel was sensed busy
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003206 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3207 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3208 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3209 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3210 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3211 * (on this channel or globally)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003212 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003213 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3214 * currently defined
3215 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3216 */
3217enum nl80211_survey_info {
3218 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3219 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3220 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3221 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003222 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3223 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3224 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3225 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3226 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3227 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003228 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003229
3230 /* keep last */
3231 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3232 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3233};
3234
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003235/* keep old names for compatibility */
3236#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3237#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3238#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3239#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3240#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3241
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003242/**
3243 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3244 *
3245 * Monitor configuration flags.
3246 *
3247 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3248 *
3249 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3250 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3251 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3252 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3253 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3254 * overrides all other flags.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003255 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3256 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003257 *
3258 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3259 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3260 */
3261enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3262 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3263 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3264 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3265 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3266 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3267 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003268 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003269
3270 /* keep last */
3271 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3272 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3273};
3274
3275/**
3276 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3277 *
3278 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3279 * not known or has not been set yet.
3280 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3281 * in Awake state all the time.
3282 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3283 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3284 * neighbor's beacons.
3285 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3286 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3287 * for neighbor's beacons.
3288 *
3289 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3290 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3291 */
3292
3293enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3294 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3295 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3296 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3297 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3298
3299 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3300 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3301};
3302
3303/**
3304 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3305 *
3306 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3307 * active.
3308 *
3309 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3310 *
3311 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3312 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3313 *
3314 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3315 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3316 *
3317 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3318 * millisecond units
3319 *
3320 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3321 * on this mesh interface
3322 *
3323 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3324 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3325 * mesh
3326 *
3327 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3328 * point.
3329 *
3330 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3331 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3332 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3333 * set.
3334 *
3335 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3336 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3337 * target)
3338 *
3339 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3340 * (in milliseconds)
3341 *
3342 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3343 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3344 *
3345 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3346 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3347 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3348 *
3349 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3350 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3351 * reference element
3352 *
3353 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3354 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3355 * mesh
3356 *
3357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3358 *
3359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3360 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3361 *
3362 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3363 * root announcements are transmitted.
3364 *
3365 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3366 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3367 * Announcement frames.
3368 *
3369 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3370 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3371 * PERR element.
3372 *
3373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3374 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3375 *
3376 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3377 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3378 * a peer link.
3379 *
3380 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3381 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3382 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3383 *
3384 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3385 *
3386 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3387 *
3388 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3389 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3390 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3391 *
3392 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3393 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3394 *
3395 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3396 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3397 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3398 *
3399 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3400 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3401 *
3402 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3403 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003404 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3405 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003406 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3407 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003408 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003409 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3410 */
3411enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3412 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3413 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3414 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3415 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3416 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3417 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3418 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3419 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3420 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3421 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3422 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3423 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3424 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3425 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3426 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3427 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3428 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3429 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3430 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3431 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3432 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3433 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3434 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3435 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3436 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3437 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3438 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3439 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003440 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003441
3442 /* keep last */
3443 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3444 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3445};
3446
3447/**
3448 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3449 *
3450 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3451 * changed while the mesh is active.
3452 *
3453 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3454 *
3455 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3456 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3457 * default HWMP.
3458 *
3459 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3460 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3461 * metric.
3462 *
3463 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3464 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3465 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3466 * metrics in use.
3467 *
3468 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3469 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3470 *
3471 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3472 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3473 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3474 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3475 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3476 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3477 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3478 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3479 * userspace daemon.
3480 *
3481 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3482 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3483 * neighbor offset synchronization
3484 *
3485 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3486 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3487 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003488 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3489 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3490 * Default is no authentication method required.
3491 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003492 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3493 *
3494 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3495 */
3496enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3497 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3498 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3499 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3500 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3501 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3502 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3503 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3504 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003505 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003506
3507 /* keep last */
3508 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3509 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3510};
3511
3512/**
3513 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3514 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3515 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3516 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3517 * disabled
3518 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3519 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3520 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3521 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3522 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3523 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3524 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3525 */
3526enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3527 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3528 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3529 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3530 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3531 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3532 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3533
3534 /* keep last */
3535 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3536 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3537};
3538
3539enum nl80211_ac {
3540 NL80211_AC_VO,
3541 NL80211_AC_VI,
3542 NL80211_AC_BE,
3543 NL80211_AC_BK,
3544 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3545};
3546
3547/* backward compat */
3548#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3549#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3550#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3551#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3552#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3553
3554/**
3555 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3556 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3557 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3558 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3559 * below the control channel
3560 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3561 * above the control channel
3562 */
3563enum nl80211_channel_type {
3564 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3565 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3566 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3567 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3568};
3569
3570/**
3571 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3572 *
3573 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3574 * attribute.
3575 *
3576 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3577 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3578 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3579 * attribute must be provided as well
3580 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3581 * attribute must be provided as well
3582 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3583 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3584 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3585 * attribute must be provided as well
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003586 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3587 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003588 */
3589enum nl80211_chan_width {
3590 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3591 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3592 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3593 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3594 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3595 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003596 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3597 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3598};
3599
3600/**
3601 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3602 *
3603 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3604 *
3605 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3606 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3607 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3608 */
3609enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3610 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3611 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3612 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003613};
3614
3615/**
3616 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3617 *
3618 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3619 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3620 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3621 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003622 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3623 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3624 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003625 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3626 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3627 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3628 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003629 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3630 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3631 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003632 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3633 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003634 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3635 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003636 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3637 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3638 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3639 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3640 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3641 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3642 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3643 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3644 * yet been received
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003645 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3646 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003647 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3648 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3649 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3650 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003651 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3652 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3653 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003654 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003655 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3656 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3657 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3658 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3659 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3660 * is set.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003661 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3662 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3663 */
3664enum nl80211_bss {
3665 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3666 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3667 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3668 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3669 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3670 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3671 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3672 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3673 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3674 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3675 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3676 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003677 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003678 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3679 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003680 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003681 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003682 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3683 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003684
3685 /* keep last */
3686 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3687 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3688};
3689
3690/**
3691 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3692 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003693 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3694 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3695 * a given BSS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003696 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3697 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3698 *
3699 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3700 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3701 */
3702enum nl80211_bss_status {
3703 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3704 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3705 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3706};
3707
3708/**
3709 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3710 *
3711 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3712 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3713 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3714 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3715 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003716 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3717 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3718 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003719 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3720 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3721 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3722 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3723 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3724 */
3725enum nl80211_auth_type {
3726 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3727 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3728 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3729 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3730 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003731 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3732 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3733 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003734
3735 /* keep last */
3736 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3737 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3738 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3739};
3740
3741/**
3742 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3743 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3744 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3745 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3746 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3747 */
3748enum nl80211_key_type {
3749 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3750 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3751 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3752
3753 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3754};
3755
3756/**
3757 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3758 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3759 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3760 */
3761enum nl80211_mfp {
3762 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3763 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3764};
3765
3766enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3767 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3768 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3769};
3770
3771/**
3772 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3773 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3774 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3775 * unicast key
3776 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3777 * multicast key
3778 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3779 */
3780enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3781 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3782 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3783 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3784
3785 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3786};
3787
3788/**
3789 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3790 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3791 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3792 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3793 * keys
3794 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3795 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3796 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3797 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3798 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3799 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3800 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3801 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3802 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3803 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3804 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3805 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3806 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3807 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3808 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3809 */
3810enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3811 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3812 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3813 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3814 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3815 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3816 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3817 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3818 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3819 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3820
3821 /* keep last */
3822 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3823 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3824};
3825
3826/**
3827 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3828 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3829 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3830 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3831 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3832 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003833 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003834 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003835 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3836 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003837 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003838 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3839 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3840 */
3841enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3842 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3843 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003844 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3845 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003846 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003847
3848 /* keep last */
3849 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3850 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3851};
3852
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003853#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3854#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3855
3856/**
3857 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3858 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3859 */
3860struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3861 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3862};
3863
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003864enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3865 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3866 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3867 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3868};
3869
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003870/**
3871 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3872 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3873 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
3874 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003875 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3876 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003877 */
3878enum nl80211_band {
3879 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3880 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
3881 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003882
3883 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003884};
3885
3886/**
3887 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3888 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3889 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3890 */
3891enum nl80211_ps_state {
3892 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3893 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3894};
3895
3896/**
3897 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3898 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3899 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3900 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3901 * to disable.
3902 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3903 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3904 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
3906 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3907 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
3908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3909 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3910 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3911 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3913 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3914 * checked.
3915 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3916 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3917 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3918 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003919 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3920 * loss event
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003921 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3922 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3923 */
3924enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3925 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3926 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3927 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3928 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
3929 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
3930 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3931 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3932 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003933 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003934
3935 /* keep last */
3936 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3937 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3938};
3939
3940/**
3941 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
3942 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
3943 * configured threshold
3944 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
3945 * configured threshold
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003946 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003947 */
3948enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3949 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3950 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
3951 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
3952};
3953
3954
3955/**
3956 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3957 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3958 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3959 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3960 */
3961enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3962 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3963 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3964 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3965};
3966
3967/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003968 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
3969 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
3970 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003971 * a zero bit are ignored
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003972 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003973 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
3974 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
3975 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
3976 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
3977 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
3978 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
3979 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
3980 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
3981 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
3982 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003983 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003984 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003985 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
3986 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003987 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003988enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
3989 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
3990 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
3991 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
3992 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003993
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003994 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
3995 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003996};
3997
3998/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003999 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004000 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4001 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4002 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4003 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4004 *
4005 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004006 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4007 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4008 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4009 * by the kernel to userspace.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004010 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004011struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004012 __u32 max_patterns;
4013 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4014 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4015 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4016} __attribute__((packed));
4017
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004018/* only for backward compatibility */
4019#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4020#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4021#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4022#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4023#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4024#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4025#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4026
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004027/**
4028 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4029 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4030 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4031 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4032 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004033 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4034 * any others are even supported by the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004035 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4036 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4037 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4038 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4039 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4040 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4041 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4042 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4043 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4044 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4045 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4046 *
4047 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004048 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004049 *
4050 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4051 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4052 * to the kernel when configuring.
4053 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4054 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4055 * by the device (flag)
4056 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4057 * done by the device) (flag)
4058 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4059 * packet (flag)
4060 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4061 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4062 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4063 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4064 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4065 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4066 * attribute contains the original length.
4067 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4068 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4069 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4070 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4071 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4072 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4073 * contains the original length.
4074 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4075 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4076 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4077 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4078 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4079 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4080 * the TCP connection.
4081 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4082 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4083 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4084 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4085 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4086 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4087 * service
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004088 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4089 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4090 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4091 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4092 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4093 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4094 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4095 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4096 * supported by the driver (u32).
4097 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4098 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4099 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4100 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4101 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4102 * occurred.
4103 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4104 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4105 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4106 * these attributes must be present. If
4107 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4108 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4109 * channel.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004110 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4111 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4112 *
4113 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4114 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4115 */
4116enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4117 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4118 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4119 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4120 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4121 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4122 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4123 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4124 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4125 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4126 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4127 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4128 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4129 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4130 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4131 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4132 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4133 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4134 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004135 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4136 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004137
4138 /* keep last */
4139 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4140 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4141};
4142
4143/**
4144 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4145 *
4146 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4147 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4148 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4149 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4150 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4151 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4152 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4153 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4154 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4155 *
4156 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4157 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4158 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4159 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4160 * also woken up.
4161 *
4162 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4163 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4164 */
4165
4166/**
4167 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4168 * @start: starting value
4169 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4170 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4171 *
4172 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4173 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4174 * in little endian.
4175 */
4176struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4177 __u32 start, offset, len;
4178};
4179
4180/**
4181 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4182 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4183 * @len: length of each token
4184 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4185 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4186 */
4187struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4188 __u32 offset, len;
4189 __u8 token_stream[];
4190};
4191
4192/**
4193 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4194 * @min_len: minimum token length
4195 * @max_len: maximum token length
4196 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4197 */
4198struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4199 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4200};
4201
4202/**
4203 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4204 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4205 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4206 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4207 * (in network byte order)
4208 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4209 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4210 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4211 * might require ARP querying.
4212 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4213 * socket and port will be allocated
4214 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4215 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4216 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4217 * of the data payload.
4218 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4219 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4220 * advertising it is just a flag
4221 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4222 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4223 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4224 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4225 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4227 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4228 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004229 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004230 * but on the TCP payload only.
4231 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4232 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4233 */
4234enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4235 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4236 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4237 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4238 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4243 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4244 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4245 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4247
4248 /* keep last */
4249 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4250 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4251};
4252
4253/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004254 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4255 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4256 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4257 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4258 *
4259 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4260 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4261 */
4262struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4263 __u32 max_rules;
4264 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4265 __u32 max_delay;
4266} __attribute__((packed));
4267
4268/**
4269 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4270 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4271 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4272 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4273 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4274 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4275 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4276 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4277 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4278 */
4279enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4280 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4281 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4282 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4283 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4284
4285 /* keep last */
4286 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4287 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4288};
4289
4290/**
4291 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4292 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4293 * in a rule are matched.
4294 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4295 * in a rule are not matched.
4296 */
4297enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4298 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4299 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4300};
4301
4302/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004303 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4304 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4305 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4306 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4307 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4308 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4309 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4310 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4311 */
4312enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4313 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4314 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4315 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4316
4317 /* keep last */
4318 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4319 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4320};
4321
4322/**
4323 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4324 *
4325 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4326 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4327 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4328 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4329 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4330 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4331 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4332 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4333 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4334 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4335 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4336 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4337 * different channels may be used within this group.
4338 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4339 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004340 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4341 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004342 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4343 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4344 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004345 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4346 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4347 *
4348 * Examples:
4349 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4350 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4351 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004352 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4353 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004354 *
4355 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4356 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4357 *
4358 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4359 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4360 *
4361 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4362 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4363 * that any of these groups must match.
4364 *
4365 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4366 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4367 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4368 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4369 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4370 */
4371enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4372 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4373 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4374 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4375 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4376 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4377 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004378 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004379 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004380
4381 /* keep last */
4382 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4383 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4384};
4385
4386
4387/**
4388 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4389 *
4390 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4391 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4392 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4393 * this mesh peer
4394 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4395 * from this mesh peer
4396 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4397 * received from this mesh peer
4398 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4399 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4400 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4401 * plink are discarded
4402 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4403 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4404 */
4405enum nl80211_plink_state {
4406 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4407 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4408 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4409 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4410 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4411 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4412 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4413
4414 /* keep last */
4415 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4416 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4417};
4418
4419/**
4420 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4421 *
4422 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4423 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4424 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4425 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4426 */
4427enum plink_actions {
4428 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4429 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4430 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4431
4432 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4433};
4434
4435
4436#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4437#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4438#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4439
4440/**
4441 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4442 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4443 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4444 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4445 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4446 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4447 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4448 */
4449enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4450 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4451 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4452 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4453 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4454
4455 /* keep last */
4456 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4457 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4458};
4459
4460/**
4461 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4462 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4463 * Beacon frames)
4464 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4465 * in Beacon frames
4466 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4467 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4468 */
4469enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4470 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4471 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4472 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4473};
4474
4475/**
4476 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4477 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4478 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4479 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4480 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4481 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4482 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4483 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4484 */
4485enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4486 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4487 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4488 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4489
4490 /* keep last */
4491 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4492 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4493};
4494
4495/**
4496 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4497 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4498 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4499 * priority)
4500 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4501 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4502 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4503 * (internal)
4504 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4505 * (internal)
4506 */
4507enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4508 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4509 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4510 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4511 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4512
4513 /* keep last */
4514 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4515 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4516};
4517
4518/**
4519 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4520 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4521 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4522 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4523 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4524 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4525 */
4526enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4527 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4528 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4529 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4530 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4531 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4532};
4533
4534/*
4535 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4536 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4537 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4538enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4539};
4540 */
4541
4542/**
4543 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4544 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4545 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4546 * socket option.
4547 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4548 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4549 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4550 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4551 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4552 * cellular base stations.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004553 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4554 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004555 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4556 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4557 * mode
4558 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4559 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4560 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4561 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4562 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4563 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4564 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4565 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4566 * setting
4567 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4568 * powersave
4569 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4570 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4571 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4572 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4573 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4574 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4575 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4576 * states using station flags.
4577 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4578 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4579 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4580 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4581 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4582 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4583 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4584 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4585 * still generated by the driver.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004586 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4587 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4588 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4589 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004590 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4591 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4592 * lifetime of a BSS.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004593 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4594 * Set IE to probe requests.
4595 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4596 * to probe requests.
4597 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4598 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4599 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4600 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4601 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4602 * Measurement Report action frame.
4603 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4604 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4605 * to enable dynack.
4606 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4607 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4608 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4609 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4610 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4611 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4612 * rts/cts handshake.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004613 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4614 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4615 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4616 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4617 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4618 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4619 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4620 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4621 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4622 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4623 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4624 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4625 * address mask/value will be used.
4626 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4627 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4628 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4629 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4630 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4631 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4632 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4633 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004634 */
4635enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4636 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4637 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4638 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4639 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4640 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
4641 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4642 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4643 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4644 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4645 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4646 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
4647 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4648 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
4649 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4650 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4651 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
4652 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004653 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004654 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004655 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4656 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4657 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4658 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4659 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4660 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4661 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004662 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4663 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4664 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4665 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4666 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4667 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
4668};
4669
4670/**
4671 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4672 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004673 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4674 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4675 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4676 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4677 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004678 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4679 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4680 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4682 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4684 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4685 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4686 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4687 * (if available).
4688 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4689 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4690 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4691 * (if available).
4692 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4693 * channel dwell time.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004694 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4695 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4696 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4697 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4698 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4699 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004700 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4701 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004702 *
4703 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4704 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4705 */
4706enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4707 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004708 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004709 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4710 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4711 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4712 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004713 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4714 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4715 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004716 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004717
4718 /* add new features before the definition below */
4719 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4720 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004721};
4722
4723/**
4724 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4725 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4726 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4727 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4728 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4729 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4730 * to the host.
4731 *
4732 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4733 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4734 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4735 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4736 */
4737enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4738 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4739 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4740 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4741 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4742};
4743
4744/**
4745 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4746 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4747 * handled by the AP is reached.
4748 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4749 */
4750enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4751 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4752 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4753};
4754
4755/**
4756 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4757 *
4758 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4759 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4760 * requests.
4761 *
4762 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4763 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4764 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4765 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4766 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4767 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4768 * when really needed
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004769 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4770 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4771 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4772 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4773 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4774 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4775 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4776 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4777 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004778 */
4779enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4780 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4781 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
4782 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004783 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004784};
4785
4786/**
4787 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4788 *
4789 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4790 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4791 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4792 *
4793 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4794 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4795 * in ACL to authenticate.
4796 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4797 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4798 */
4799enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4800 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4801 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4802};
4803
4804/**
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004805 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4806 *
4807 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4808 *
4809 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4810 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4811 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4812 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4813 */
4814enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4815 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4816 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4817 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4818
4819 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4820 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4821};
4822
4823/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004824 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4825 *
4826 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4827 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4828 *
4829 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4830 * now unusable.
4831 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4832 * the channel is now available.
4833 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4834 * change to the channel status.
4835 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4836 * over, channel becomes usable.
4837 */
4838enum nl80211_radar_event {
4839 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4840 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4841 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4842 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4843};
4844
4845/**
4846 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4847 *
4848 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4849 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004850 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004851 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004852 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004853 * is therefore marked as not available.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004854 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004855 */
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004856enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4857 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4858 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4859 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4860};
4861
4862/**
4863 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4864 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4865 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4866 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4867 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4868 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4869 */
4870enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4871 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
4872};
4873
4874/**
4875 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4876 *
4877 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4878 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4879 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4880 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4881 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4882 */
4883enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4884 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4885 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4886 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4887 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4888 /* add other protocols before this one */
4889 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4890};
4891
4892/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4893#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
4894
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004895/**
4896 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4897 *
4898 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4899 *
4900 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4901 */
4902enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4903 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4904};
4905
4906/*
4907 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4908 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4909 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4910 */
4911#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
4912
4913/**
4914 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4915 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4916 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4917 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4918 * added to this file when needed.
4919 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4920 */
4921struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4922 __u32 vendor_id;
4923 __u32 subcmd;
4924};
4925
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004926/**
4927 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4928 *
4929 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4930 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4931 *
4932 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4933 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4934 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4935 */
4936enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4937 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4938 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4939 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4940};
4941
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004942/**
4943 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
4944 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4945 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
4946 * seconds (u32).
4947 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
4948 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
4949 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
4950 * make the scan plan meaningless.
4951 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
4952 * currently defined
4953 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4954 */
4955enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
4956 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
4957 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
4958 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
4959
4960 /* keep last */
4961 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
4962 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
4963 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
4964};
4965
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004966/**
4967 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
4968 *
4969 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment.
4970 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS.
4971 */
4972struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
4973 __u8 band;
4974 __s8 delta;
4975} __attribute__((packed));
4976
4977/**
4978 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
4979 *
4980 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
4981 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
4982 * is requested.
4983 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
4984 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
4985 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
4986 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
4987 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
4988 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4989 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4990 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4991 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4992 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
4993 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
4994 *
4995 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
4996 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
4997 * which the driver shall use.
4998 */
4999enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5000 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5001 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5002 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5003 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5004
5005 /* keep last */
5006 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5007 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5008};
5009
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08005010/**
5011 * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
5012 *
5013 * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
5014 *
5015 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
5016 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
5017 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
5018 */
5019enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
5020 NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT = 1 << 0,
5021 NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ = 1 << 1,
5022 NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ = 1 << 2,
5023};
5024
5025/**
5026 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5027 *
5028 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5029 *
5030 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5031 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5032 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5033 */
5034enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5035 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5036 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5037 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5038
5039 /* keep last */
5040 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5041 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5042};
5043
5044/**
5045 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5046 *
5047 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5048 *
5049 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5050 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5051 */
5052enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5053 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5054 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5055};
5056
5057/**
5058 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5059 *
5060 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5061 *
5062 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5063 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5064 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5065 */
5066enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5067 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5068 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5069 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5070};
5071
5072#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5073#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5074#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5075
5076/**
5077 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5078 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5079 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5080 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5081 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5082 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5083 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5084 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5085 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5086 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5087 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5088 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5089 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5090 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5091 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5092 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5093 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5094 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5095 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5096 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5097 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5098 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5099 * This is a flag.
5100 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5101 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5102 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5103 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5104 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5105 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5106 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5107 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5108 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5109 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5110 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5111 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5112 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5113 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5114 *
5115 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5116 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5117 */
5118enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5119 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5120 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5121 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5122 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5123 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5124 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5125 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5126 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5127 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5128 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5129 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5130 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5131 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5132 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5133 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5134 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5135 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5136
5137 /* keep last */
5138 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5139 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5140};
5141
5142/**
5143 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5144 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5145 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5146 * This is a flag.
5147 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5148 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5149 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5150 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5151 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5152 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5153 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5154 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5155 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5156 */
5157enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5158 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5159 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5160 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5161 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5162 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5163
5164 /* keep last */
5165 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5166 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5167};
5168
5169/**
5170 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5171 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5172 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5173 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5174 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5175 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5176 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5177 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5178 *
5179 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5180 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5181 */
5182enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5183 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5184 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5185 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5186
5187 /* keep last */
5188 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5189 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5190};
5191
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005192#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */